blob: dc0b6db05034622f591efa49c7a7d684b8f0d61e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000420 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
421 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000423 << D->getDeclName();
424 return ExprError();
425 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000427 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
428 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
429 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
430 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000432 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier();
435 return ExprError();
436 }
437 }
438 }
439 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000441 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000443 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
444 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
445 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000446 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000618/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
619/// possibly a list of template arguments.
620///
621/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
622/// DecomposeTemplateName.
623///
624/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
625/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
626/// some way.
627static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
628 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
629 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
630 DeclarationName &Name,
631 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
632 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
633 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
634 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
635 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
636
637 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
638 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
639 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
640 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
641 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
642
643 TemplateName TName =
644 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
645
646 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
647 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
648 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
649 } else {
650 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
651 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
652 TemplateArgs = 0;
653 }
654}
655
656/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
657///
658/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
659/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
660/// found template arguments.
661static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
662 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
663 TemplateName TName =
664 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
665
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000666 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
667 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000668 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
669 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
670 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000671 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000672
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000673 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000674}
675
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000676static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
677 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
678 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
679 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
680 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
681 if (!BaseRT) return false;
682
683 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
684 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
685 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
686 return false;
687 }
688
689 return true;
690}
691
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000692/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
693/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
694static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000695 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000696
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000697 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
698 if (!DC) return true;
699
700 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
701 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
702
703 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
704 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
705
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000706 return false;
707}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000708
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
710/// the prospective base classes.
711static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
712 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
713 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000714 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000715 return false;
716
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
718 if (!RD) return false;
719 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
720
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000721 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
722 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
723 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
724 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
725 if (!BaseRT) return false;
726
727 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000728 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
729 return false;
730 }
731
732 return true;
733}
734
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000735/// Determines if this a C++ class member.
736static bool IsClassMember(NamedDecl *D) {
737 DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
John McCall1a49e9d2009-12-02 19:59:55 +0000738
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000739 // C++0x [class.mem]p1:
740 // The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in
741 // the class are members of the class.
742 // FIXME: support C++0x scoped enumerations.
743 if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
744 DC = DC->getParent();
745
746 return DC->isRecord();
747}
748
749/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
750static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
751 assert(IsClassMember(D) &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
753
754 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
755
756 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
757 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
758
759 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
760 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
761 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
762 }
763
764 return false;
765}
766
767enum IMAKind {
768 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
769 IMA_Static,
770
771 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Mixed,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
775 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
776 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
777
778 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
779 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
780 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
781
782 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
783 IMA_Instance,
784
785 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
786 IMA_Unresolved,
787
788 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
789 /// context is not an instance method.
790 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
791
792 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
793 /// non-class context.
794 IMA_AnonymousMember,
795
796 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
797 /// context is not an instance method.
798 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
799
800 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
801 /// class.
802 IMA_Error_Unrelated
803};
804
805/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
806/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
807/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
808/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
809/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
810/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
811static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
812 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000813 assert(!R.empty() && IsClassMember(*R.begin()));
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000814
815 bool isStaticContext =
816 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
817 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
818
819 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
820 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
821
822 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
823 bool hasNonInstance = false;
824 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
825 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
826 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
827 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
828 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
829
830 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
831 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
832 // that's a special case.
833 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
834 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
835 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
836 }
837 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
838 }
839 else
840 hasNonInstance = true;
841 }
842
843 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
844 // member reference.
845 if (Classes.empty())
846 return IMA_Static;
847
848 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
849 // an implicit member reference.
850 if (isStaticContext)
851 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
852
853 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
854 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
855 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
856 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
857 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
858 Classes))
859 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
860
861 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
862}
863
864/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
865static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
866 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
867 const LookupResult &R) {
868 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
869 SourceRange Range(Loc);
870 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
871
872 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
873 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
874 if (MD->isStatic()) {
875 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
877 << Range << R.getLookupName();
878 return;
879 }
880 }
881
882 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
883 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
884 return;
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000888}
889
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000890Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
891 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
892 UnqualifiedId &Id,
893 bool HasTrailingLParen,
894 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
895 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
896 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
897
898 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000899 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000900
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000901 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000902
903 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
904 DeclarationName Name;
905 SourceLocation NameLoc;
906 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000907 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
908 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000909
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000910 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000911
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000912 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
913 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
914 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
915 // names a dependent type.
916 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
917 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000918 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000919 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +0000920 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000921 TemplateArgs);
922 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000923
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000924 // Perform the required lookup.
925 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
926 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000927 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000928 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000929 } else {
930 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000931
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000932 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
933 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
934 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
935 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
936 if (E.isInvalid())
937 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000938
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000939 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
940 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000941 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000942 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000943
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000944 if (R.isAmbiguous())
945 return ExprError();
946
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000947 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
948 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000949 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000950
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000951 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000952 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000953 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
954 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
955 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
956 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
957 }
958
959 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
960 // call, diagnose the problem.
961 if (R.empty()) {
962 if (!SS.isEmpty())
963 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
964 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
965 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000966 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Alexis Hunt3d221f22009-11-29 07:34:05 +0000967 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000968 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000969 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
970 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000971 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000973 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000974 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000976 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
977 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000983
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000984 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
985 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000986 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000987 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000988 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000989 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000990 << Var->getDeclName()
991 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
992 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000993 break;
994 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000995
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000996 // Move to the parent of this scope.
997 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000998 }
999 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001000 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001001 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1002 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1003 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1004 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1005 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1006 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001007 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001008 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001009
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001010 QualType T = Func->getType();
1011 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001012 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001013 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001014 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001015 }
1016 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001017
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001018 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1019 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1020 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1021 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1022 // class member access expression.
1023 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1024 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +00001025 if (!R.empty() && IsClassMember(*R.begin())) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001026 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001027
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001028 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer) {
1029 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1030 case IMA_Instance:
1031 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1032
1033 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1034 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1035 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1036 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1037
1038 case IMA_Mixed:
1039 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1040 case IMA_Unresolved:
1041 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1042
1043 case IMA_Static:
1044 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1045 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1046 break;
1047
1048 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1049 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1050 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1051 return ExprError();
1052 }
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001053 }
1054 }
1055
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001056 if (TemplateArgs)
1057 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001058
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1060}
1061
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001062/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1063/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1064/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1065/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066Sema::OwningExprResult
1067Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1068 DeclarationName Name,
1069 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1070 DeclContext *DC;
1071 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1072 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1073 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1074 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1075
1076 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1077 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1078
1079 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1080 return ExprError();
1081
1082 if (R.empty()) {
1083 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1084 return ExprError();
1085 }
1086
1087 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1088}
1089
1090/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1091/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1092/// additional lookup.
1093///
1094/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1095/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1096///
1097/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1098Sema::OwningExprResult
1099Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1100 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1101 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1102
1103 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1104 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1105 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1106 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1107 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1108
1109 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1110 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1111 // ivar, that's an error.
1112 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1113
1114 bool LookForIvars;
1115 if (Lookup.empty())
1116 LookForIvars = true;
1117 else if (IsClassMethod)
1118 LookForIvars = false;
1119 else
1120 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1121 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1122
1123 if (LookForIvars) {
1124 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1125 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1126 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1127 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1128 if (IsClassMethod)
1129 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1130 << IV->getDeclName());
1131
1132 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1133 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1134 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1135 return ExprError();
1136
1137 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1138 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1139 return ExprError();
1140
1141 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1142 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1143 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1144 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1145
1146 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1147 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1148 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1149 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1150 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1151 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1152 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1153 SelfName, false, false);
1154 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1155 return Owned(new (Context)
1156 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1157 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1158 }
1159 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1160 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1161 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1163 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1164 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1165 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1167 }
1168 }
1169
1170 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1171 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1172 QualType T;
1173
1174 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1175 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1176 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1177 else
1178 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1179 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1180 }
1181
1182 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1183 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001184}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001185
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001186/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001187bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001188Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1189 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001190 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001191 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001192 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001193 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001194 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1195 return false;
1196 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1197 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001198 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001199 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1200 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001201 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001202 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1203 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1204 DestRecordType,
1205 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1206 From->getSourceRange()))
1207 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001208 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1209 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001210 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001211 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001212}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001213
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001214/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001216 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, NamedDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001217 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1218 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1219 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1220 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001221 if (SS.isSet()) {
1222 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1223 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001225
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001226 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1227 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001228}
1229
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001230/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1231/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1232/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1233/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001234Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001235Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1236 LookupResult &R,
1237 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1238 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001239 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1240
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001241 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001242
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001243 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1244 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001245 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001246 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001247 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001248 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001249 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001251 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1252 // 'this' expression now.
1253 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1254 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1255 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1256 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001257 }
1258
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001259 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1260 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1261 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1262 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001263}
1264
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001265bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001266 const LookupResult &R,
1267 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001268 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1269 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1270 return false;
1271
1272 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001273 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001274 return false;
1275
1276 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001277 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001278 return false;
1279
1280 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1281 // normal lookup:
1282 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1283 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1284
1285 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1286 // -- a declaration of a class member
1287 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1288 // original decl.
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +00001289 if (IsClassMember(D))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001290 return false;
1291
1292 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1293 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1294 // using-declaration
1295 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1296 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1297 // turn off ADL anyway).
1298 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1299 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1300 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1301 return false;
1302
1303 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1304 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1305 // template
1306 // And also for builtin functions.
1307 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1308 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1309
1310 // But also builtin functions.
1311 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1312 return false;
1313 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1314 return false;
1315 }
1316
1317 return true;
1318}
1319
1320
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001321/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1322/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1323/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1324/// will in fact be used.
1325static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1326 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1327 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1328 return true;
1329 }
1330
1331 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1332 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1333 return true;
1334 }
1335
1336 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1337 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1338 return true;
1339 }
1340
1341 return false;
1342}
1343
1344Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001345Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001346 LookupResult &R,
1347 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001348 // If this isn't an overloaded result and we don't need ADL, just
1349 // build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001350 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1351 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001352
1353 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1354 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1355 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001356 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1357 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001358 return ExprError();
1359
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001360 bool Dependent
1361 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001362 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001363 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1364 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1365 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001366 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1367 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1368 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1369 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001370
1371 return Owned(ULE);
1372}
1373
1374
1375/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1376Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001377Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001378 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1379 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001380 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1381 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001382 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1383
1384 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1385 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001386
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001387 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1388 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1389 // a template argument list.
1390 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1391 << Template << SS.getRange();
1392 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1393 return ExprError();
1394 }
1395
1396 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1397 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1398 if (!VD) {
1399 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1400 << D << SS.getRange();
1401 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl);
1402 return ExprError();
1403 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001404
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001405 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1406 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1407 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1408 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001409 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001410 return ExprError();
1411
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001412 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1413 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001414 return ExprError();
1415
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001416 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1417 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1418 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1419 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001420 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001421 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1422 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1423 //
1424 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001425 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001426 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001427 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001428 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001429 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001430 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1431 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001432 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001433
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001434 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001436 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001437 }
1438 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1439 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001440
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001441 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001442}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001443
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001444Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1445 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001446 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001447
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001448 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001449 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001450 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1451 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1452 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001453 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001454
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001455 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1456 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001458 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1459 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001460 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001461 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001462 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001463
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001464 QualType ResTy;
1465 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1466 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1467 } else {
1468 unsigned Length =
1469 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001471 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001472 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001473 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1474 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001475 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001476}
1477
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001478Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001479 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001480 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1481 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1482 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001483
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001484 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1485 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1486 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001487 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001488
1489 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1490
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001491 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1492 Literal.isWide(),
1493 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001494}
1495
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001496Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1497 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001498 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1499 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001500 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001501 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001502 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001503 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001504 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001505
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001506 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001507 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1508 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001509 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001510
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001511 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001512 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001513
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001514 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001515 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001516 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001517 return ExprError();
1518
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001519 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001520
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001521 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001522 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001523 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001524 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001525 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001526 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001527 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001528 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001529
1530 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1531
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001532 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1533 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001534 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1535 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001536
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001537 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001538 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001539 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001540 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001541
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001542 // long long is a C99 feature.
1543 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001544 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001545 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1546
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001547 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001548 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001549
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001550 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1551 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1552 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001553 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1554 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001555 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001556 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001557 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1558 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001559
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001560 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1561 // be an unsigned int.
1562 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1563
1564 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001565 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001566 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1567 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001568 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001569
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001570 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1571 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1572 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1573 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001574 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001575 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001576 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001577 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001578 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001579 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001580
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001581 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001582 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001583 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001584
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001585 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1586 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1587 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1588 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001589 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001590 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001591 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001592 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001593 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001594 }
1595
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001596 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001597 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001598 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001599
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001600 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1601 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1602 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1603 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001604 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001605 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001606 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001607 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001608 }
1609 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001610
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001611 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1612 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001613 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001614 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001615 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001616 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001617 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001618
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001619 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1620 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001621 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001622 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001623 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001624
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001625 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1626 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001628 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001629
1630 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001631}
1632
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001633Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1634 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001635 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001636 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001637 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001638}
1639
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001640/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001641/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001642bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001643 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1644 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1645 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001646 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1647 return false;
1648
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001649 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1650 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1651 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1652 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1653 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1654 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1655
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001656 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001657 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001658 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001659 if (isSizeof)
1660 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1661 return false;
1662 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001664 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001665 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001666 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1667 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001668 return false;
1669 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001671 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001672 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001673 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1674 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001675 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001677 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001678 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001679 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001680 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1681 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001682 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001683
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001684 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001685}
1686
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001687bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1688 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1689 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001690
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001691 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001692 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1693 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001694
1695 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1696 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1697 return false;
1698
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001699 if (E->getBitField()) {
1700 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1701 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001702 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001703
1704 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1705 // bit-field.
1706 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001707 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001708 return false;
1709
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001710 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1711}
1712
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001713/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001715Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1716 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001717 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001718 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001719 return ExprError();
1720
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001721 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1722
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001723 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1724 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1725 return ExprError();
1726
1727 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001728 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001729 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1730 R.getEnd()));
1731}
1732
1733/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1734/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001735Action::OwningExprResult
1736Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001737 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1738 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1739 bool isInvalid = false;
1740 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1741 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1742 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1743 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001744 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001745 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1746 isInvalid = true;
1747 } else {
1748 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1749 }
1750
1751 if (isInvalid)
1752 return ExprError();
1753
1754 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1755 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1756 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1757 R.getEnd()));
1758}
1759
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001760/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1761/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1762/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001764Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1765 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001766 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001767 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001768
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001769 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001770 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1771 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1772 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001773 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001774
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001775 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1776 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1777 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1778
1779 if (Result.isInvalid())
1780 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1781
1782 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001783}
1784
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001785QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001786 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1787 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001788
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001789 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001790 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001791 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001793 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1794 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1795 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001797 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001798 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1799 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001800 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001801}
1802
1803
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001804
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805Action::OwningExprResult
1806Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1807 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001808 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1809 switch (Kind) {
1810 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1811 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1812 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1813 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001814
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001815 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001816}
1817
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001818Action::OwningExprResult
1819Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1820 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001821 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1822 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1823
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001824 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1825 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001827 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001828 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1829 Base.release();
1830 Idx.release();
1831 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1832 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1833 }
1834
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001835 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001836 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001837 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1838 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1839 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001840 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001841 }
1842
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001843 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1844}
1845
1846
1847Action::OwningExprResult
1848Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1849 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1850 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1851 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1852
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001853 // Perform default conversions.
1854 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1855 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001856
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001857 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001858
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001859 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001860 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001861 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001862 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001863 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1864 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001865 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1866 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1867 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1868 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001869 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001870 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1871 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001872 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001873 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001874 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001875 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1876 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001877 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001879 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001880 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1881 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1882 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001884 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001885 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1886 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1887 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1888 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001889 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001890 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001891 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001892
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001893 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1894 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001895 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1896 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1897 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1898 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1899 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1900 // force the promotion here.
1901 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1902 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001903 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1904 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001905 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1906
1907 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1908 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001909 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001910 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1911 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1912 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1913 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001914 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1915 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001916 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1917
1918 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1919 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001920 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001921 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001922 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1923 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001925 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001926 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1927 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001928 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1929 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001930
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001931 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001932 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1933 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001934 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1935
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001936 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1938 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001939 // incomplete types are not object types.
1940 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1941 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1942 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1943 return ExprError();
1944 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001946 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001948 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1949 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001950 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001952 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1953 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1954 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1955 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1956 return ExprError();
1957 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001959 Base.release();
1960 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001961 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001962 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001963}
1964
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001965QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001966CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001968 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001969 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1970 // see FIXME there.
1971 //
1972 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1973 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001974 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001975
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001976 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001977 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001978
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001979 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001980 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1981 // to be selected.
1982 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001983
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001984 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1985 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001986 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001987
1988 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1989 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001991 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1992 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001993 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001994 do
1995 compStr++;
1996 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001997 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001998 do
1999 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002000 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002001 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002002
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002003 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002004 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2005 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2007 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002008 return QualType();
2009 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002010
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002011 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2012 // operates on.
2013 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002014 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002015
2016 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002017 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002018
2019 while (*compStr) {
2020 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2021 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2022 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2023 return QualType();
2024 }
2025 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002026 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002027
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002028 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2029 // number of elements.
2030 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002031 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002032 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002033 return QualType();
2034 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002035
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002036 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002037 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002038 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002039 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002040 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002041 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002042 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002043 if (HexSwizzle)
2044 CompSize--;
2045
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002046 if (CompSize == 1)
2047 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002048
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002049 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002050 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002051 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2052 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2053 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2054 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002055 }
2056 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002057}
2058
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002059static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002060 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002061 const Selector &Sel,
2062 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002063
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002064 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002065 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002066 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002067 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002068
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002069 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2070 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002071 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002072 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002073 return D;
2074 }
2075 return 0;
2076}
2077
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002078static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002079 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002080 const Selector &Sel,
2081 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002082 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2083 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002084 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002085 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002086 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002087 GDecl = PD;
2088 break;
2089 }
2090 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002091 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002092 GDecl = OMD;
2093 break;
2094 }
2095 }
2096 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002097 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002098 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2099 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002100 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002101 if (GDecl)
2102 return GDecl;
2103 }
2104 }
2105 return GDecl;
2106}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002107
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002108Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002109Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2110 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002111 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2112 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2113 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2114 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2115 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2116
2117 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2118 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2119 //
2120 // T* t;
2121 // t.f;
2122 //
2123 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2124 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2125 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2126 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002127 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002128 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2129 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002130 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002131 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002132 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002133 return ExprError();
2134 }
2135 }
2136
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002137 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002138
2139 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2140 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002141 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002142 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2143 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2144 SS.getRange(),
2145 FirstQualifierInScope,
2146 Name, NameLoc,
2147 TemplateArgs));
2148}
2149
2150/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2151/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2152/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2153static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2154 Expr *BaseExpr,
2155 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002156 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002157 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002158 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2159 // diagnostics.
2160 if (!BaseExpr)
2161 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002162
2163 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2164 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002165 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002166 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002167 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002168}
2169
2170// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2171// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2172// type. The restriction here is:
2173//
2174// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2175// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2176// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2177//
2178// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2179// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2180// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2181// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2182bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2183 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002184 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002185 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002186 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2187 if (!BaseRT) {
2188 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2189 // dependent.
2190 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2191 return false;
2192 }
2193 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002194
2195 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002196 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2197 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2198 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2199 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002200
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002201 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2202 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2203 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2204 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2205
2206 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2207 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2208
2209 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2210 return false;
2211 }
2212
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002213 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002214 return true;
2215}
2216
2217static bool
2218LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2219 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2220 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2221 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2222 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2223 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2224 << BaseRange))
2225 return true;
2226
2227 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2228 if (SS.isSet()) {
2229 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2230 // nested-name-specifier.
2231 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2232
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002233 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2234 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2235 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2236 return true;
2237 }
2238
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002239 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2240
2241 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2242 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2243 << DC << SS.getRange();
2244 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002245 }
2246 }
2247
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002248 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2249 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002250
2251 return false;
2252}
2253
2254Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002255Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002256 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2257 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2258 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2259 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2260 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2261 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2262
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002263 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2264 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002265 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002266 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2267 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2268 Name, NameLoc,
2269 TemplateArgs);
2270
2271 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002272
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002273 // Implicit member accesses.
2274 if (!Base) {
2275 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2276 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2277 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2278 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2279 OpLoc, SS))
2280 return ExprError();
2281
2282 // Explicit member accesses.
2283 } else {
2284 OwningExprResult Result =
2285 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2286 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2287 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2288
2289 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2290 Owned(Base);
2291 return ExprError();
2292 }
2293
2294 if (Result.get())
2295 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002296 }
2297
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002298 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2299 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002300}
2301
2302Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002303Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2304 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2305 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002306 LookupResult &R,
2307 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2308 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002309 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002310 if (IsArrow) {
2311 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2312 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2313 }
2314
2315 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2316 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2317 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2318 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2319
2320 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002321 return ExprError();
2322
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002323 if (R.empty()) {
2324 // Rederive where we looked up.
2325 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2326 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2327 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002328
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002329 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002330 << MemberName << DC
2331 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002332 return ExprError();
2333 }
2334
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002335 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2336 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2337 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2338 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2339 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002340 return ExprError();
2341
2342 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2343 // result.
2344 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002345 bool Dependent =
2346 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2347 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002348
2349 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2350 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2351 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002352 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2353 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002354 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2355 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2356 TemplateArgs);
2357 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2358 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2359
2360 return Owned(MemExpr);
2361 }
2362
2363 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2364 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2365
2366 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2367
2368 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2369 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2370 // error cases.
2371 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2372 return ExprError();
2373
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002374 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2375 if (!BaseExpr) {
2376 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2377 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2378 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2379
2380 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2381 }
2382
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002383 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2384 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2385 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2386 // explicitly qualified.
2387 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2388 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2389 }
2390
2391 // Check the use of this member.
2392 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2393 Owned(BaseExpr);
2394 return ExprError();
2395 }
2396
2397 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2398 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2399 // (C++ [class.union]).
2400 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2401 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2402 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2403
2404 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2405 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2406 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2407 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2408 else {
2409 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2410 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2411 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2412
2413 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2414 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2415
2416 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2417 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2418 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2419 }
2420
2421 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2422 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2423 return ExprError();
2424 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2425 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2426 }
2427
2428 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2429 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2430 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2431 Var, MemberLoc,
2432 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2433 }
2434
2435 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2436 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2437 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2438 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2439 MemberFn->getType()));
2440 }
2441
2442 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2444 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2445 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2446 }
2447
2448 Owned(BaseExpr);
2449
2450 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2451 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2452 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2453
2454 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2455 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2456 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2457 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2458 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2459 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2460}
2461
2462/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2463/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2464/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2465/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2466/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2467/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2468/// an ordinary member expression.
2469///
2470/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2471/// fixed for ObjC++.
2472Sema::OwningExprResult
2473Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
2474 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2475 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2476 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2477 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002478 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002479
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002480 // Perform default conversions.
2481 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002482
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002483 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002484 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2485
2486 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2487 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002488
2489 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002490 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002491 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2492 // call, and continue on.
2493 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2494 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2495 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2496 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2497 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002498 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2499 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002500 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2501 ->isRecordType()))) {
2502 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2503 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2504 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2505 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2506
2507 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002508 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002509 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2510 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002511 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002512
2513 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2514 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2515 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2516 }
2517 }
2518 }
2519
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002520 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2521 // use that.
2522 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2523 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2524 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2525 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2526 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002527 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002528 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002529 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002530
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002531 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2532 // use that.
2533 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2534 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2535 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2536 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2537 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2538 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2539 }
2540 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002541
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002542 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002543
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002544 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002545 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002546 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2547 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2548 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2549 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2550 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2551 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2552 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2553 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2554 // Check the use of this method.
2555 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2556 return ExprError();
2557 }
2558 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2559 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2560 Selector SetterSel =
2561 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2562 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2563 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2564 if (!Setter) {
2565 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2566 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002567 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002568 }
2569 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2570 if (!Setter)
2571 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2572
2573 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2574 return ExprError();
2575
2576 if (Getter || Setter) {
2577 QualType PType;
2578
2579 if (Getter)
2580 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2581 else
2582 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2583 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2584 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2585 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2586 PType,
2587 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2588 }
2589 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2590 << MemberName << BaseType);
2591 }
2592 }
2593
2594 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2595 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2596 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002597 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002598 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002599
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002600 if (IsArrow) {
2601 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002602 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002603 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2604 ;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002605 else {
2606 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2607 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2608 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002609 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002610 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002611
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002612 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2613 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002614 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002615 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2616 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002617 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002618 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002619 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002620
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002621 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2622 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2623 // pseudo-destructor.
2624 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2625 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002626 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2627 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002628 // type.
2629 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2630 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2631 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002633 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2634 // same as the object type.
2635 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2636 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2637 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2638 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2639 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
2641 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002642 // the form
2643 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2645 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002646 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2647 //
2648 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2649 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002650
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002651 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2652 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2653 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002654 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2655 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2656 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002657 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2658 MemberLoc));
2659 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002661 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2662 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002663 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2664 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002665 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002667 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002668 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002669 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2670
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002671 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2672 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002673 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002674
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002675 if (IV) {
2676 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2677 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2678 // error cases.
2679 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2680 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002681
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002682 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2683 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2684 return ExprError();
2685 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2686 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2688 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2689 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2690 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2691 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2692 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2693 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2694 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2695 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2696 // AST for a function decl.
2697 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002699 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2700 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2701 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2702 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2703 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002705
2706 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2707 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002708 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002710 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002711 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2712 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002713 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002714 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002715 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002716
2717 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2718 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002719 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002720 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002721 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002722 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002723 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002724 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002725 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002726 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002727 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2728 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002729 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002730 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002732 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002733 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002734 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2735 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2736 // Check the use of this declaration
2737 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2738 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002740 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2741 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2742 }
2743 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2744 // Check the use of this method.
2745 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2746 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002747
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002748 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002749 OMD->getResultType(),
2750 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002751 NULL, 0));
2752 }
2753 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002754
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002755 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002756 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002757 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002758 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2759 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002760 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002761 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002762 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2763 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002764 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002766 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002767 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002768 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2769 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2770 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002771 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002772 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002773 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002774 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2775 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002776 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002777 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2778 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002779 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002780 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2781 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002782 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002783 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2784 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2785 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002786
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002787 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002788 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2789 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002790 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2791 // selector is implemented.
2792
2793 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2794 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2795
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002796 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002797 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002798
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002799 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2800 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002801 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002802
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002803 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002804 if (!Getter)
2805 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002806 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002807 // Check if we can reference this property.
2808 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2809 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002810 }
2811 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2812 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813 Selector SetterSel =
2814 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002815 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002816 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002817 if (!Setter) {
2818 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2819 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002820 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002821 }
2822 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002823 if (!Setter)
2824 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002825
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002826 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2827 return ExprError();
2828
2829 if (Getter || Setter) {
2830 QualType PType;
2831
2832 if (Getter)
2833 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002834 else
2835 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2836 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002837 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002838 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002839 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2840 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002841 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002842 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002843 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002845 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002846 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002847 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002848 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002849 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2850 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2851
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002852 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002853 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002854 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002855 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2856 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002857 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002858 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002859 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002860 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002861
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002862 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2863 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2864
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002865 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002866}
2867
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002868static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2869 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2870 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2871 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2872 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2873 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002874 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2875 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2876
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002877 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2878 move(MemExpr),
2879 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2880 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2881 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2882 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2883}
2884
2885/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2886/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2887/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2888/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2889/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2890///
2891/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2892/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2893/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2894/// only be called
2895/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2896/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2897/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2898Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2899 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2900 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2901 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2902 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2903 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2904 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2905 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2906 return ExprError();
2907
2908 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2909
2910 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2911 DeclarationName Name;
2912 SourceLocation NameLoc;
2913 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2914 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
2915 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
2916
2917 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
2918
2919 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
2920 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
2921 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
2922
2923 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
2924 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
2925
2926 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2927 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
2928 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002929 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002930 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2931 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2932 Name, NameLoc,
2933 TemplateArgs);
2934 } else {
2935 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2936 if (TemplateArgs) {
2937 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
2938 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
2939 } else {
2940 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2941 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2942 ObjCImpDecl);
2943
2944 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2945 Owned(Base);
2946 return ExprError();
2947 }
2948
2949 if (Result.get()) {
2950 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2951 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
2952 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
2953 // call now.
2954 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
2955 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2956 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
2957
2958 return move(Result);
2959 }
2960 }
2961
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002962 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
2963 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002964 }
2965
2966 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002967}
2968
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002969Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2970 FunctionDecl *FD,
2971 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2972 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2973 Diag (CallLoc,
2974 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2975 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002976 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002977 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2978 } else {
2979 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2980 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2981
2982 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002983 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002984
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002985 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2986 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002987 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002988
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002989 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002990 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002991 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002992
2993 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002994 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2995 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2996 return ExprError();
2997 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002999 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003000
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003001 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3002 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3003 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003004 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003005 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003006 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003007 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
3008 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
3009 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
3010 }
3011 }
3012
3013 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
3014 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
3015}
3016
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003017/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3018/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3019/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3020/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3021/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3022/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003023bool
3024Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003025 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003026 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003027 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3028 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003030 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3031 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003032 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003033
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003034 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3035 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3036 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3037 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3038 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3039 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003040 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003041 }
3042
3043 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3044 // them.
3045 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3046 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3047 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3048 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3049 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3050 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3051 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3052 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003053 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003054 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003055 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003056 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003057 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003058 VariadicCallType CallType =
3059 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3060 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3061 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3062 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3063 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003064 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003065 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003066 if (Invalid)
3067 return true;
3068 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3069 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3070 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3071
3072 return false;
3073}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003074
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003075bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3076 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3077 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3078 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3080 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003081 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003082 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3083 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3084 bool Invalid = false;
3085 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3086 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3087 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3088 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003089 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003090 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003091 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003092
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003093 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003094 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3095 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3096
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003097 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3098 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003099 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003100 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003101 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003102
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00003103 // Pass the argument.
3104 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
3105 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00003106
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00003107 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
3108 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003109 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003110 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003111
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003112 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003113 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003114 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3115 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003116
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003117 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003118 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003119 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003120 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003121
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003122 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003123 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003124 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003125 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003126 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003127 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003128 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003129 }
3130 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003131 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003132}
3133
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003134/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
3135/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
3136/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
3137/// template arguments, etc.
3138void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003139 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003140 DeclarationName &Name,
3141 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
3142 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
3143 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003144 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003145 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003146 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003147 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003148 Name = DeclarationName();
3149 Qualifier = 0;
3150 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00003151 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003152 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003153 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003154
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003155 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
3156 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
3157 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
3158 while (true) {
3159 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
3160 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
3161 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003162 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
3163 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
3164 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
3165 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
3166 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003167 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003168 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
3169 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
3170 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003171 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003172 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003173 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
3174 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
3175 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
3176 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
3177 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003178 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003179 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
3180 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00003181 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
3182 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
3183 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003184 }
3185 break;
3186 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003187 break;
3188 }
3189 }
3190}
3191
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003192/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003193/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3194/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003195Action::OwningExprResult
3196Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3197 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003198 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003199 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003200
3201 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3202 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003203
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003204 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003205 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003206 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003207
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003208 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003209 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3210 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3211 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3212 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3213 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3214 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3215 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3216 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003218 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3219 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003220
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003221 NumArgs = 0;
3222 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003223
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003224 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3225 RParenLoc));
3226 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003228 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003229 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003230 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3231 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003232 bool Dependent = false;
3233 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3234 Dependent = true;
3235 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3236 Dependent = true;
3237
3238 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003239 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003240 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3241
3242 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3243 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3244 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3245 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3246
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003247 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3248
3249 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3250 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3251 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3252 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3253 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3254 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3255 // method template.
3256 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3257 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003258 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003259
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003260 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3261 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003262 }
3263
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003264 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003265 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003266 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003267 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003268 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3269 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003270 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003271
3272 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003273 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003274 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3275 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003276 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3277 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3278 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003279
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003280 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3281 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3282 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3283 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003284
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003285 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3286 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3287 TheCall.get(), 0))
3288 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003289
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003290 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3291 RParenLoc))
3292 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003293
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003294 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3295 }
3296 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3297 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3298 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003299 }
3300 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003301 }
3302
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003303 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003304 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003305 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003306 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
3307 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003308 bool Overloaded;
3309 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003310 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003311 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003312 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
3313 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003314 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003315 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003316 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003318 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
3319 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003320
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003321 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
3322#ifndef NDEBUG
3323 if (ADL) {
3324 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
3325 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
3326
3327 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
3328 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
3329 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
3330 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3331 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
3332
3333 // We don't perform ADL in C.
3334 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
3335 }
3336
3337 if (Overloaded) {
3338 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
3339 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
3340 // infinite set of functions).
3341 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
3342 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
3343 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
3344 && "unrecognized overload situation");
3345 }
3346#endif
3347
3348 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003349 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003350 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
3351 RParenLoc, ADL);
3352 if (!FDecl)
3353 return ExprError();
3354
3355 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
3356
3357 NDecl = FDecl;
3358 } else {
3359 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
3360 if (Fns.empty())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003361 NDecl = 0;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003362 else {
3363 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003364 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003365 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003366
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003367 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3368}
3369
3370/// BuildCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, i.e. an
3371/// expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
3372/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3373/// block-pointer type.
3374///
3375/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3376Sema::OwningExprResult
3377Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3378 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3379 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3380 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3381 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3382
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003383 // Promote the function operand.
3384 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3385
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003386 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3387 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003388 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3389 Args, NumArgs,
3390 Context.BoolTy,
3391 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003392
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003393 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3394 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3395 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3396 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003397 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003398 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003399 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3400 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003401 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003402 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003403 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003404 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003405 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003406 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003407 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3408 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3409
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003410 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003411 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3412 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3413 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003414 return ExprError();
3415
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003416 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003417 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003418
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003419 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003420 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003421 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003422 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003423 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003424 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003425
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003426 if (FDecl) {
3427 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3428 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3429 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003430 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003431 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003432 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003433 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3434 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3435 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3436 }
3437 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003438 }
3439
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003440 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003441 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3442 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3443 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003444 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3445 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003446 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3447 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003448 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003449 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003450 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003451 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003452
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003453 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3454 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003455 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3456 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003457
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003458 // Check for sentinels
3459 if (NDecl)
3460 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003462 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003463 if (FDecl) {
3464 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3465 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003467 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003468 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3469 } else if (NDecl) {
3470 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3471 return ExprError();
3472 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003473
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003474 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003475}
3476
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003477Action::OwningExprResult
3478Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3479 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003480 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003481 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3482 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003483 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003484 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003485 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003486
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003487 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003488 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003489 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3490 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003491 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3492 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003493 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003495 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003496 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003497
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003498 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003499 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003500 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003501
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003502 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003503 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003504 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003505 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003506 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003507 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003509 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003510}
3511
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003512Action::OwningExprResult
3513Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003514 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3515 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3516 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003517
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003518 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003519 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003520
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003522 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003523 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003524 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003525}
3526
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003527static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3528 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003529 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003530 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3531
3532 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3533 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3534 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3535 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3536 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3537 }
3538
3539 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3540 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3541 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3542 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3543 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3544 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3545 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3546 }
3547
3548 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3549 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3550 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3551 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3552 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3553 }
3554
3555 // FIXME: Assert here.
3556 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3557 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3558}
3559
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003560/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003561bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003563 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3564 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003565 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003566 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3567 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003568
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003569 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003570
3571 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3572 // type needs to be scalar.
3573 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3574 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003575 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3576 return false;
3577 }
3578
3579 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003580 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003581 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3582 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003583 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003584 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3585 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003586 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003587 return false;
3588 }
3589
3590 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003591 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003592 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003593 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003594 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003595 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003596 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3597 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003598 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3599 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3600 break;
3601 }
3602 }
3603 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3604 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3605 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003606 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003607 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003608 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003609
3610 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3611 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3612 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3613 }
3614
3615 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3616 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003617 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3618 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003619 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003620 }
3621
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003622 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3623 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3624
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003625 if (castType->isVectorType())
3626 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3627 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3628 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3629
3630 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003631 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003632
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003633 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3634 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3635
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003636 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003637 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3638 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3639 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3640 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3641 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3642 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3643 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3644 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3645 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3646 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003647 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003648
3649 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003650 return false;
3651}
3652
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003653bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3654 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003655 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003657 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003658 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003659 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003660 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003661 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003662 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003663 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003664 } else
3665 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003666 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003667 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003668
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003669 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003670 return false;
3671}
3672
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003673bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3674 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003675 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003676
3677 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3678
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003679 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3680 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003681 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3682 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3683 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3684 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003685 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003686 return false;
3687 }
3688
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003689 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003690 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3691 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003692 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3693 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3694 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3695 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003696
3697 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3698 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3699 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003700
3701 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003702 return false;
3703}
3704
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003705Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003706Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003707 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003708 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003709
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003710 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3711 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003712
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003713 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003714 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3715 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003716
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003717 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3718 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3719 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003720 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003721 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003722 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003723 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003724
3725 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003726 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003727 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003728
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003729 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3730 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003731
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003732 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3733 } else {
3734 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003735 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003736
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003737 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003738 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003739 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003740}
3741
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003742/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3743/// of comma binary operators.
3744Action::OwningExprResult
3745Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3746 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3747 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3748 if (!E)
3749 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003750
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003751 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003753 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3754 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3755 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003756
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003757 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3758}
3759
3760Action::OwningExprResult
3761Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3762 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3763 QualType Ty) {
3764 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765
3766 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003767 // then handle it as such.
3768 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3769 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3770 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3771 return ExprError();
3772 }
3773
3774 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3776 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3777
3778 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3779 // braces instead of the original commas.
3780 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003781 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003782 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3783 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003784 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003785 Owned(E));
3786 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003787 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003788 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3789 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3790 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3791 }
3792}
3793
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003794Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003795 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003796 MultiExprArg Val,
3797 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003798 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3799 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003800 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3801 Expr *expr;
3802 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3803 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3804 else
3805 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003806 return Owned(expr);
3807}
3808
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003809/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3810/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003811/// C99 6.5.15
3812QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3813 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003814 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3815 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3816 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3817
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003818 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3819
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003820 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3821 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3822 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3823 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3824 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3825 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003826
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003827 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003828 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3829 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3830 << CondTy;
3831 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003832 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003834 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003835 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3836 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003837
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003838 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3839 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003840 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3841 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3842 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003843 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003844
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003845 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3846 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003847 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3848 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003849 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003850 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003851 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003852 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003853 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003854 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003856 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003857 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003858 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3859 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3860 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3861 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3862 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3863 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3864 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003865 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3866 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003867 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003868 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003869 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3870 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003871 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003872 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003873 // promote the null to a pointer.
3874 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003875 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003876 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003877 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003878 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003879 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003880 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003881 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003882 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3883 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3884 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3885 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3886 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003887 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003888 return LHSTy;
3889 }
3890 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3891 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003892 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003893 return RHSTy;
3894 }
3895 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3896 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3897 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003898 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003899 return LHSTy;
3900 }
3901 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3902 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003903 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003904 return RHSTy;
3905 }
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00003906 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
3907 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
3908 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3909 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3910 return LHSTy;
3911 }
3912 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
3913 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3914 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3915 return RHSTy;
3916 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003917 // Handle block pointer types.
3918 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3919 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3920 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3921 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003922 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3923 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003924 return destType;
3925 }
3926 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3927 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3928 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003929 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003930 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3931 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3932 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003933 return LHSTy;
3934 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003935 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003936 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3937 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003938
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003939 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3940 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003941 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3942 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3943 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3944 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3945 // to get a consistent AST.
3946 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003947 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3948 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003949 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003950 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003951 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003952 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3953 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003954 return LHSTy;
3955 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003956 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003957 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003959 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3960 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3961 return LHSTy;
3962 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003963 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3964 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003965 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003967 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3968 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3969 // type. This allows
3970 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3971 // where B is a subclass of A.
3972 //
3973 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3974 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3975 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3976 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3977
3978 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3979 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003980 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003981 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003982 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003983 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003985 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003986 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003988 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3989 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3990 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3991 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3992 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003993 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003994 } else if (!(compositeType =
3995 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3996 ;
3997 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003998 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3999 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4000 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4001 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004002 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4003 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004004 return incompatTy;
4005 }
4006 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004007 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4008 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004009 return compositeType;
4010 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00004011 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4012 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004013 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004014 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004015 QualType destPointee
4016 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00004017 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004018 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4019 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4020 // Promote to void*.
4021 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00004022 return destType;
4023 }
4024 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004025 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004026 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004027 QualType destPointee
4028 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00004029 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004030 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4031 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4032 // Promote to void*.
4033 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00004034 return destType;
4035 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004036 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4037 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4038 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004039 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4040 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004041
4042 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4043 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4044 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004045 QualType destPointee
4046 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004047 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004048 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4049 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4050 // Promote to void*.
4051 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004052 return destType;
4053 }
4054 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004055 QualType destPointee
4056 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004057 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004058 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004059 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004060 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004062 return destType;
4063 }
4064
4065 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4066 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4067 return LHSTy;
4068 }
4069 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4070 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4071 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4072 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4073 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4074 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4075 // to get a consistent AST.
4076 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004077 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4078 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004079 return incompatTy;
4080 }
4081 // The pointer types are compatible.
4082 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4083 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4084 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4085 // type.
4086 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4087 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004088 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4089 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004090 return LHSTy;
4091 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004092
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004093 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4094 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4095 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4096 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004097 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004098 return RHSTy;
4099 }
4100 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4101 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4102 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004104 return LHSTy;
4105 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004106
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004107 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004108 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4109 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004110 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004111}
4112
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004113/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004114/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004115Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4116 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4117 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4118 ExprArg RHS) {
4119 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4120 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004121
4122 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4123 // was the condition.
4124 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4125 if (isLHSNull)
4126 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004127
4128 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004129 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004130 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004131 return ExprError();
4132
4133 Cond.release();
4134 LHS.release();
4135 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004136 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004137 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004138 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004139}
4140
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004141// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004143// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4144// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4145// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004147Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004148 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004150 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4151 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4152 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4153 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4154 return Compatible;
4155 }
4156
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004157 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004158 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4159 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004160
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004161 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004162 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4163 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004164
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004165 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004166
4167 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4168 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4169 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004170 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004171 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004172 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004173
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4175 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004176 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004177 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004178 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004179 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004180
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004181 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004182 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4183 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004184 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004185
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004186 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004187 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004188 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004189
4190 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004191 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4192 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004193 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004194 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004195 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004196 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4197 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4198 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4199 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4200 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4201 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004202 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004203 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004204 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004205 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004206
4207 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004208 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004209 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004210 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004211
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004212 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4213 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4214 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4215 // warning can be disabled.
4216 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4217 return ConvTy;
4218 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4219 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004220
4221 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4222 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4223 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4224 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4225 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4226 do {
4227 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4228 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4229
4230 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4231 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4232 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4233
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004234 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004235 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004236 }
4237
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004238 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004239 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004240 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004241 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004242}
4243
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004244/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4245/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4246/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4247// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004248Sema::AssignConvertType
4249Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004250 QualType rhsType) {
4251 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004252
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004253 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004254 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4255 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004256
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004257 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4258 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4259 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004260
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004261 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004262
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004263 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004264 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004265 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004266
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004267 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004268 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004269 return ConvTy;
4270}
4271
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004272/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4273/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004274/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4275///
4276/// int a, *pint;
4277/// short *pshort;
4278/// struct foo *pfoo;
4279///
4280/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4281/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4282/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4283/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4284///
4285/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004287///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004288Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004289Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004290 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4291 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004292 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4293 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004294
4295 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004296 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004297
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004298 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4299 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4300 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4301 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4302 return Compatible;
4303 }
4304
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004305 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4306 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4307 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4308 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4309 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4310 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4311 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004312 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004313 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004314 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004315 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004316 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004317 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4318 // to the same ExtVector type.
4319 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4320 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4321 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4322 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4323 return Compatible;
4324 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004326 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004327 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004329 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004330 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4331 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004332 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004333 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004334 }
4335 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004337
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004338 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004339 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004340
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004341 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004342 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004343 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004344
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004345 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004346 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004347
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004348 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004349 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004350 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4351 return Compatible;
4352 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004353 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004354 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4355 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004356 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004357
4358 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004359 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004360 return Compatible;
4361 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004362 return Incompatible;
4363 }
4364
4365 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4366 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004367 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004369 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004370 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004371 return Compatible;
4372
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004373 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4374 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004375
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004376 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004377 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004378 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004379 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004380 return Incompatible;
4381 }
4382
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004383 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4384 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4385 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004386
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004387 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004388 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004389 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4390 return Compatible;
4391 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004392 }
4393 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004394 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4395 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004396 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4397 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004398 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4399 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004400 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004401 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004402 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004403 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4404 return Compatible;
4405 }
4406 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4407 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4408 return Compatible;
4409 return Incompatible;
4410 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004411 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004412 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004413 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4414 return Compatible;
4415
4416 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004417 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004418
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004419 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004420 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421
4422 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004423 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004424 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004425 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004426 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004427 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4428 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4429 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4430 return Compatible;
4431
4432 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4433 return PointerToInt;
4434
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004435 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004436 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004437 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4438 return Compatible;
4439 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004440 }
4441 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004442 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004443 return Compatible;
4444 return Incompatible;
4445 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004446
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004447 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004448 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004449 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004450 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004451 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004452}
4453
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004454/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4455/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004456static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004457 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4458 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4459 // of the transparent union.
4460 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4461 &E, 1,
4462 SourceLocation());
4463 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4464 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4465
4466 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4467 // union type from this initializer list.
4468 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4469 false);
4470}
4471
4472Sema::AssignConvertType
4473Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4474 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4475
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004476 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004477 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4478 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004479 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004480 return Incompatible;
4481
4482 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4483 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4484 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4485 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004486 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4487 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004488 it != itend; ++it) {
4489 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4490 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4491 // 1) void pointer
4492 // 2) null pointer constant
4493 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004494 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004495 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004496 InitField = *it;
4497 break;
4498 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004499
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004500 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4501 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004502 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004503 InitField = *it;
4504 break;
4505 }
4506 }
4507
4508 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4509 == Compatible) {
4510 InitField = *it;
4511 break;
4512 }
4513 }
4514
4515 if (!InitField)
4516 return Incompatible;
4517
4518 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4519 return Compatible;
4520}
4521
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004522Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004523Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004524 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4525 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4526 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4527 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4528 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004529 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4530 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004531 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004532 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004533 }
4534
4535 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4536 // structures.
4537 }
4538
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004539 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4540 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004541 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4542 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004544 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4545 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004546 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004547 return Compatible;
4548 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004549
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004550 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004551 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004552 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004553 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004554 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004555 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004556 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4557 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004558
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004559 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4560 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004561
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004562 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4563 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004564 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4565 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4566 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4567 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004568 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004569 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4570 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004571 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004572}
4573
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004574QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004575 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004576 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004577 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004578 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004579}
4580
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004582 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004583 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004584 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004585 QualType lhsType =
4586 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4587 QualType rhsType =
4588 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004589
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004590 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004591 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004592 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004593
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004594 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4595 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004596 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4597 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004598 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4599 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004600 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004601 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004602 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004603 }
4604 }
4605 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004606
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004607 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4608 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4609 bool swapped = false;
4610 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4611 swapped = true;
4612 std::swap(rex, lex);
4613 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4614 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004615
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004616 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004617 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004618 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4619 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4620 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004621 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004622 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4623 return lhsType;
4624 }
4625 }
4626 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4627 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4628 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004629 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004630 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4631 return lhsType;
4632 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004633 }
4634 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004635
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004636 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004638 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004639 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004640 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004641}
4642
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004643inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004644 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004645 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004646 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004648 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004649
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004650 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004651 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004652 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004653}
4654
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004655inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004657 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4658 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4659 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4660 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4661 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004662
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004663 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004664
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004665 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004666 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004667 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004668}
4669
4670inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004671 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004672 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4673 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4674 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4675 return compType;
4676 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004677
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004678 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004679
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004680 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004681 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4682 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4683 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004684 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004685 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004686
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004687 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4688 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004689 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004690 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4691
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004692 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004693
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004694 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004695 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004696
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004697 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4698 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004701 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004702 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004703 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004704
4705 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4706 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4707 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004708 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4711 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4712 return QualType();
4713 }
4714
4715 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4716 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4717 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004718 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004719 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004721 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004722 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4723 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004724 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4725 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004726 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004727 return QualType();
4728 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004729 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4730 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4732 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4733 return QualType();
4734 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004735
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004736 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004737 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4738 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4739 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4740 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4741 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004742 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004743 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4744 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004745 return PExp->getType();
4746 }
4747 }
4748
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004749 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004750}
4751
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004752// C99 6.5.6
4753QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004754 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4755 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4756 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4757 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4758 return compType;
4759 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004761 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004762
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004763 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004764
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004765 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004766 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4767 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004768 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004769 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004770 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004771
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004772 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004773 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004774 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004775
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004776 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004777
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004778 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4779 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4780 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4781 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4782 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4783 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4784 return QualType();
4785 }
4786
4787 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4788 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4789 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004792 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004793 return QualType();
4794 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004795
4796 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4797 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4798 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004799 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004800 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004801 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004802 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004803 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004804
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004805 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4806 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4808 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4809 return QualType();
4810 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004812 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004813 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4814 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4815 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4816 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4817 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4818 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004820 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4821
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004822 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004823 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004824 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004826 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004827 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004828 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004830 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4831 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4832 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4833 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4834 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4835 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4836 return QualType();
4837 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004839 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4840 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4841 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004843 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004844 return QualType();
4845 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004846
4847 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4848 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4849 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4850 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4851 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004852 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4853 << rex->getSourceRange()
4854 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004855 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004857 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4858 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4859 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4861 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4862 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4863 return QualType();
4864 }
4865 } else {
4866 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4867 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4868 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4869 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4870 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4871 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4872 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4873 return QualType();
4874 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004875 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004877 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4878 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4879 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4880 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4881 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004882 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004883 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004884
4885 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004886 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4887 }
4888 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004890 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004891}
4892
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004893// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004894QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004895 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004896 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4897 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004898 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004899
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004900 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4901 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4902 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4903
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004904 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4905 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004906 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4907 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4908 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4909 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4910 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004911 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004912 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004913 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004914
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004915 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004917 // Sanity-check shift operands
4918 llvm::APSInt Right;
4919 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004920 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4921 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004922 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004923 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4924 else {
4925 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4926 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4927 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4928 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4929 }
4930 }
4931
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004932 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004933 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004934}
4935
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004936/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4937///
4938/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4939/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4940/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004941/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4942/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004943void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004944 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004945 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00004946 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004947 return;
4948
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004949 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4950
4951 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4952 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4953 return;
4954
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004955 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4956 // chance at instantiation time.
4957 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4958 return;
4959
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004960 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4961 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004962 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004963 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4964 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4965 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004966 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004967 } else {
4968 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4969 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004970 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004971 }
4972
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004973 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004974 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4975 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004976 // of the comparison will be exact.
4977 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4978 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4979 return;
4980
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004981 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4982 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4983 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004984 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004985 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4986
4987 if (value.isNonNegative())
4988 return;
4989 }
4990
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004991 if (Equality) {
4992 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004993 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4994 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4995 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004996 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4997 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4998
4999 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
5000 if (value.isNonNegative())
5001 return;
5002 }
5003 }
5004
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005005 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005006 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5007 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5008}
5009
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005010// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005011QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005012 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5013 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5014
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005015 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005016 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005017
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005018 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5019 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005020
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005021 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005022 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5023 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5024 else {
5025 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5026 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5027 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005028 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5029 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005030
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005031 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5032 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005033 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5034 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5035 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005036 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005037 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005038 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5039 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5040 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5041 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005042 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5043 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005044 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005045
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005046 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5047 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5048 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5049 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005050
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005051 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5052 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005053 Expr *literalString = 0;
5054 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005055 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005056 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5057 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005058 literalString = lex;
5059 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005060 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5061 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005062 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5063 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005064 literalString = rex;
5065 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5066 }
5067
5068 if (literalString) {
5069 std::string resultComparison;
5070 switch (Opc) {
5071 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5072 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5073 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5074 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5075 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5076 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5077 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5078 }
5079 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5080 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5081 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005082 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5083 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5084 "strcmp(")
5085 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5086 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005087 resultComparison);
5088 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005089 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005090
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005091 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005092 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005093
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005094 if (isRelational) {
5095 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005096 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005097 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005098 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005099 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005100 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005101 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00005102 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005103
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005104 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005105 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005106 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005107
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005108 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5109 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5110 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5111 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005113 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5114 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5115 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005116 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005117 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005118 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005119 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005120 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005121
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005122 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005123 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5124 return ResultTy;
5125
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005126 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5127 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5128 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5129 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5130 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5131 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005132 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005133 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005134 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005135 if (T.isNull()) {
5136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5137 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5138 return QualType();
5139 }
5140
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005141 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5142 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005143 return ResultTy;
5144 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005145 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5146 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5147 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5148 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5149 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5150 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5151 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5152 }
5153 } else if (!isRelational &&
5154 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5155 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5156 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5157 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5158 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5159 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5160 }
5161 } else {
5162 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005163 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005164 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005165 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005166 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005167 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005168 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005170
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005172 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005173 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005174 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005175 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5176 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005177 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005178 return ResultTy;
5179 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005180 if (LHSIsNull &&
5181 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5182 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005183 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005184 return ResultTy;
5185 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005186
5187 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005188 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005189 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5190 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5192 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5193 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5194 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5195 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5196 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5197 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5198 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005199 // types.
5200 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5201 if (T.isNull()) {
5202 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5203 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5204 return QualType();
5205 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005206
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005207 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5208 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005209 return ResultTy;
5210 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005211
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005212 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005213 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5214 return ResultTy;
5215 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005216
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005217 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005218 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005219 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5220 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005221
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005222 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005223 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005225 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005226 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005227 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005228 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005229 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005230 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005231 if (!isRelational
5232 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5233 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005234 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005235 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005236 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005237 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005238 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5239 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5240 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005241 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005242 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005243 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005244 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005245
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005246 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005247 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005248 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5249 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005250 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005251 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005253 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005254
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005255 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5256 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005257 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005258 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005259 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005260 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005261 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005262 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005263 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005264 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005265 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5266 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005267 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005268 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005269 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005270 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005271 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005272 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5273 if (RHSIsNull) {
5274 if (isRelational)
5275 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5276 } else if (isRelational)
5277 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5278 else
5279 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005280
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005281 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005282 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005283 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005284 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005285 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005286 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005287 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005288 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005289 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5290 if (LHSIsNull) {
5291 if (isRelational)
5292 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5293 } else if (isRelational)
5294 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5295 else
5296 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005297
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005298 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005299 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005300 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005301 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005302 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005303 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005304 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005305 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005306 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5307 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005308 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005309 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005310 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005311 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5312 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005313 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005314 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005315 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005316 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005317}
5318
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005319/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005321/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5322/// types.
5323QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005324 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005325 bool isRelational) {
5326 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5327 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005328 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005329 if (vType.isNull())
5330 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005332 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5333 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005334
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005335 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5336 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5337 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5338 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5339 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5340 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5341 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005343 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005344
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005345 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5346 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5347 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005348 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005349 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005350
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005351 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5352 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5353 // elements for floating point vectors.
5354 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5355 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005356
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005357 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005358 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005359 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005360 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005361 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005362 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5363
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005364 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005365 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005366 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5367}
5368
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005369inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005370 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005371 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005372 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005373
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005374 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005375
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005376 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005377 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005378 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005379}
5380
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005381inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005382 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005383 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5384 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5385 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005386
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005387 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5388 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005389
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005390 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005391 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005392
5393 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5394 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5395 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5396 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5397 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5398 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5399 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005400
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005401 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
5402 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5403 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5404
5405 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5406 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5407 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5408 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5409
5410 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
5411 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5412 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5413
5414 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5415 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5416 // The result is a bool.
5417 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005418}
5419
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005420/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5421/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5422/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5423///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005424static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005425 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5426 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5427 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5428 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005429 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005430 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5431 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5432 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5433 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005434 }
5435 }
5436 return false;
5437}
5438
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005439/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5440/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5441static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005442 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005443 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005444 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005445 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5446 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005447 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5448 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005449
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005450 unsigned Diag = 0;
5451 bool NeedType = false;
5452 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5453 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5454 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005456 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5457 NeedType = true;
5458 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005459 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005460 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5461 NeedType = true;
5462 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005463 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005464 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5465 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005466 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005467 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5468 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005469 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5470 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005471 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005472 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5473 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005474 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005475 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5476 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005477 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005478 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5479 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005480 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5481 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5482 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005483 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5484 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5485 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005486 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005487
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005488 SourceRange Assign;
5489 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5490 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005491 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005492 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005493 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005494 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005495 return true;
5496}
5497
5498
5499
5500// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005501QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5502 SourceLocation Loc,
5503 QualType CompoundType) {
5504 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5505 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005506 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005507
5508 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5509 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005510
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005511 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005512 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005513 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005514 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005515 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5516 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5517 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005518 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005519 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005520 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005521 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005522
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005523 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5524 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5525 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005526 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005527 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5528 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5529 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5530 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5531 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005532 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005533 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005534 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5535 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5536 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005537 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5538 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005539 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5540 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5541 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005542 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005543 }
5544 } else {
5545 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005546 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005547 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005548
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005549 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5550 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005551 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005552
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005553 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5554 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005555 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005556 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5557 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005558 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005559 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005560 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005561}
5562
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005563// C99 6.5.17
5564QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005565 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005566 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005567
5568 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5569 // incomplete in C++).
5570
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005571 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005572}
5573
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005574/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5575/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005576QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5577 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005578 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5579 return Context.DependentTy;
5580
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005581 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5582 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005583
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005584 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5585 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5586 if (!isInc) {
5587 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5588 return QualType();
5589 }
5590 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5591 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5592 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005593 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005594 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5595 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005596
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005597 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005598 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005599 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5600 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5601 << Op->getSourceRange();
5602 return QualType();
5603 }
5604
5605 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005606 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005607 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005608 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5609 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5610 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5611 return QualType();
5612 }
5613
5614 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005615 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005616 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005617 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005618 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005619 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005620 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005621 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5622 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5623 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5624 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5625 return QualType();
5626 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005627 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5628 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5629 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005630 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005631 } else {
5632 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005633 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005634 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005635 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005636 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005637 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005638 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005639 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005640 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005641}
5642
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005643/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005644/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005645/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5646/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5647/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5648/// - &(x) => x
5649/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5650/// - &s.xx => s
5651/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5652/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5653/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5654/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005655static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005656 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005657 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005658 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005659 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005660 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5661 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5662 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005663 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005664 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005665 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005666 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005667 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005668 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5669 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005670 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5671 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5672 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5673 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5674 }
5675 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005676 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005677 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5678 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005679
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005680 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005681 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5682 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5683 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5684 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5685 default:
5686 return 0;
5687 }
5688 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005689 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005690 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005691 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005692 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5693 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005694 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005695 default:
5696 return 0;
5697 }
5698}
5699
5700/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005701/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005702/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005703/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005704/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005705/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005706/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005707QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005708 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5709 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5710
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005711 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5712 return Context.DependentTy;
5713
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005714 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5715 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5716 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5717 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5718 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5719 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5720 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5721 }
5722 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5723 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5724 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005725 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005726 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005727
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005728 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5729 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005730 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005731 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005732 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005733 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5734 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005735 return QualType();
5736 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005737 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005738 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5739 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5740 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005741 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005742 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5743 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005744 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005745 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005746 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005747 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005748 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5749 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5750 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5751 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5752 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005753 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5754 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005755 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5756 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005757 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5758 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005759 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005760 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005761 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5762 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005763 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005764 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5765 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005766 return QualType();
5767 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005768 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005769 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005770 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005771 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005772 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5773 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005774 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005775 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005776 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5777 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005778 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005779 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5780 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5781 return QualType();
5782 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005783
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005784 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5785 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005786 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005787 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005788 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005789 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005790 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005791 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5792 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005793 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5794 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5795 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005796 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005797 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005798
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005799 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5800 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5801 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5802 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5803 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5804 }
5805
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005806 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005807 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005808}
5809
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005810QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005811 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5812 return Context.DependentTy;
5813
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005814 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5815 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005816
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005817 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5818 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5819 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5820 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005821 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005822 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005823
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005824 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005825 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005826
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005828 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005829 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005830}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005831
5832static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5833 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5834 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5835 switch (Kind) {
5836 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005837 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5838 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005839 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5840 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5841 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5842 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5843 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5844 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5845 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5846 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5847 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5848 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5849 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5850 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5851 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5852 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5853 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5854 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5855 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5856 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5857 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5858 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5859 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5860 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5861 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5862 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5863 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5864 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5865 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5866 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5867 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5868 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5869 }
5870 return Opc;
5871}
5872
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005873static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5874 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5875 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5876 switch (Kind) {
5877 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5878 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5879 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5880 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5881 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5882 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5883 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5884 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5885 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005886 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5887 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005888 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005889 }
5890 return Opc;
5891}
5892
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005893/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5894/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5895/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005896Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5897 unsigned Op,
5898 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005899 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005900 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005901 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5902 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5903 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005904
5905 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005906 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5907 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5908 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005909 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5910 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5911 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5912 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5913 break;
5914 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005915 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5916 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5917 break;
5918 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5919 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5920 break;
5921 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5922 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5923 break;
5924 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5925 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5926 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005927 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005928 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5929 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5930 break;
5931 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5932 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5933 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5934 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005935 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005936 break;
5937 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5938 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005939 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005940 break;
5941 case BinaryOperator::And:
5942 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5943 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5944 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5945 break;
5946 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5947 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5948 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5949 break;
5950 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5951 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005952 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5953 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5954 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5955 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005956 break;
5957 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005958 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5959 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5960 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5961 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005962 break;
5963 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005964 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5965 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5966 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005967 break;
5968 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005969 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5970 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5971 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005972 break;
5973 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5974 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005975 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5976 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5977 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5978 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005979 break;
5980 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5981 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5982 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005983 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5984 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5985 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5986 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005987 break;
5988 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5989 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5990 break;
5991 }
5992 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005993 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005994 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005995 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5996 else
5997 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005998 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5999 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006000}
6001
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006002/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6003/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006004static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6005 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6006 SourceRange ParenRange)
6007{
6008 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6009 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6010 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6011 // warning/error and return.
6012 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6013 return;
6014 }
6015
6016 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6017 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6018 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6019}
6020
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006021/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6022/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6023/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6024/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006025static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6026 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006027 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6028 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6029 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6030 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006031 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006032 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006033 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6034
6035 // Subs are not binary operators.
6036 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6037 return;
6038
6039 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6040 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006041 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6042 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006043 return;
6044
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006045 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006046 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6047 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006048 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6049 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6050 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6051 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006052 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6053 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006054 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6055 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6056 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006057}
6058
6059/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6060/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6061/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6062static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6063 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006064 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006065 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6066}
6067
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006068// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006069Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6070 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6071 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006072 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006073 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006074
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006075 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6076 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006077
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006078 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6079 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6080
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006081 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6082}
6083
6084Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6085 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6086 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006087 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006088 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006089 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6090 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6091 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6092 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6093 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006094 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006095 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6096 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006097 if (S)
6098 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6099 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006100 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006101 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006102 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006103 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006104 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006105
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006106 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6107 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006108 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006109 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006110
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006111 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006112 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006113}
6114
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006115Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006116 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006117 ExprArg InputArg) {
6118 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006119
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006120 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006121 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006122 QualType resultType;
6123 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006124 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6125 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6126 break;
6127
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006128 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6129 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006130 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6131 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006132 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006133 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6134 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006135 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006136 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006137 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006138 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006139 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006140 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006141 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006142 break;
6143 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6144 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006145 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6146 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006147 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6148 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006149 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6150 break;
6151 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6152 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6153 break;
6154 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6155 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6156 resultType->isPointerType())
6157 break;
6158
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006159 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6160 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006161 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006162 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6163 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006164 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6165 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006166 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6167 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6168 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006169 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006170 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006171 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006172 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6173 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006174 break;
6175 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006176 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006177 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6178 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006179 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6180 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006181 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006182 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6183 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006184 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006185 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6186 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006187 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006188 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006189 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006190 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006191 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006192 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006193 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006194 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006195 }
6196 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006197 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006198
6199 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006200 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006201}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006202
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006203Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6204 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6205 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006206 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006207 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6208 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006209 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6210 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6211 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6212 // the arguments.
6213 FunctionSet Functions;
6214 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6215 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006216 if (S)
6217 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6218 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006219 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006220 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006221 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006222 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006223
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006224 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6225 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006226
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006227 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6228}
6229
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006230// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6231Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6232 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6233 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6234}
6235
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006236/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006237Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6238 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6239 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006240 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006241 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006242
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006243 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6244 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006245 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006246 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006247
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006248 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006249 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6250 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006251}
6252
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006253Sema::OwningExprResult
6254Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6255 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6256 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006257 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6258 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6259
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006260 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006261 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006262 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006263
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006264 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6265 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6266 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006267
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006268 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6269 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6270 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006271
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006272 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6273 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6274 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6275 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6276 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006277
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006278 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006279 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006280 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006281
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006282 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6283 // expressions are not lvalues.
6284
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006285 substmt.release();
6286 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006287}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006288
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006289Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6290 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6291 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6292 TypeTy *argty,
6293 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6294 unsigned NumComponents,
6295 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6296 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6297 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006298 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6299 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006300 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006301
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006302 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6303
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006304 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6305 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6306 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006307 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006308 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006309
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006310 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6311 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006312
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006313 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6314 // the offsetof designators.
6315 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6316 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006317 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006318 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006319
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006320 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6321 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006322 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6323 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006324 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006325 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6326 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006327
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006328 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006329 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006330
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006331 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6332 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6333 return ExprError();
6334
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006335 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6336 // leaks like a sieve.
6337 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6338 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6339 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6340 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6341 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6342 if (!AT) {
6343 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006344 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6345 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006346 }
6347
6348 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6349
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006350 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6351 // expression.
6352 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6353
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006354 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6355 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006356 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006357 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006358 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006359 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006360 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006361
6362 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6363 OC.LocEnd);
6364 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006365 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006366
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006367 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006368 if (!RC) {
6369 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006370 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6371 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006372 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006373
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006374 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6375 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006376 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006377 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00006378 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6379 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6380 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006381 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6382 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006383 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006385 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6386 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006387
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006388 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006389 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006390 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006391 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6392 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006393
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006394 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6395 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006396 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006397 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006398 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006399 } else {
6400 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6401 // doesn't matter here.
6402 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6403 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6404 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006405 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006406 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006407
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006408 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6409 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006410}
6411
6412
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006413Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6414 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6415 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006416 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6417 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6418 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006419
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006420 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006421
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006422 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6423 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6424 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6425 return ExprError();
6426 }
6427
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006428 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6429 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006430}
6431
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006432Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6433 ExprArg cond,
6434 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6435 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6436 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6437 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6438 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006439
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006440 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6441
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006442 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006443 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006444 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006445 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006446 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006447 } else {
6448 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6449 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6450 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6451 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006452 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6453 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6454 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006455
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006456 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6457 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006458 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6459 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006460 }
6461
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006462 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6463 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006464 resType, RPLoc,
6465 resType->isDependentType(),
6466 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006467}
6468
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006469//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6470// Clang Extensions.
6471//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6472
6473/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006474void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006475 // Analyze block parameters.
6476 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006477
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006478 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6479 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6480 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006481
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006482 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006483 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006484 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006485 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006486 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6487 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006488
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006489 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006490 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006491}
6492
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006493void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006494 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006495
6496 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6497 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006498 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006499 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6500
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006501 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6502 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6503 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6504 return;
6505 }
6506
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006507 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6508 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6509 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6510
6511 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6512 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006513 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006514 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006515 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006516 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006517 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6518 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006519 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006520
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006521 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6522 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6523 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6524 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6525 return;
6526 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006527 return;
6528 }
6529
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006530 // Analyze arguments to block.
6531 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6532 "Not a function declarator!");
6533 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006534
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006535 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6536 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006537
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006538 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6539 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6540 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6541 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006542 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6543 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006544 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006545 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006546 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6547 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006548 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006549 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006550 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006551 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006552 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006553 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006554 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006555 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6556 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6557 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6558 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6559 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006560
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006561 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006562 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006563 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006564 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006565 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006566 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6567 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006568
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006569 // Analyze the return type.
6570 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006571 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006572
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006573 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6574 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6575 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6576 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6577 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006578 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006579}
6580
6581/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6582/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6583void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6584 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6585 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006586
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006587 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6588
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006589 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006590 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006591 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006592 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006593}
6594
6595/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6596/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006597Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6598 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006599 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6600 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6601 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006602
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006603 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6604 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006605
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006606 PopDeclContext();
6607
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006608 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6609 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006610
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006611 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006612 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6613 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006614
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006615 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6616 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6617 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006618
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006619 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006620 QualType BlockTy;
6621 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006622 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6623 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006624 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006625 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006626 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6627 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006628
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006629 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006630 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006631 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006632
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006633 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6634 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6635 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6636 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006637
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006638 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006639 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006640 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6641 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006642}
6643
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006644Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6645 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6646 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006647 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006648 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6649 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006650
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006651 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006652
6653 // Get the va_list type
6654 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006655 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6656 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6657 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6658 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006659 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006660 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6661 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6662 } else {
6663 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6664 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006665 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006666 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006667 return ExprError();
6668 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006669
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006670 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6671 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006672 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6673 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006674 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006675 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006676
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006677 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006678 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006679
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006680 expr.release();
6681 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6682 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006683}
6684
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006685Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006686 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6687 // pointers on the target.
6688 QualType Ty;
6689 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6690 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6691 else
6692 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6693
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006694 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006695}
6696
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006697static void
6698MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6699 QualType DstType,
6700 Expr *SrcExpr,
6701 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6702 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6703 return;
6704
6705 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6706 if (!PT)
6707 return;
6708
6709 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6710 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6711 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6712 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6713 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6714 return;
6715 }
6716
6717 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6718 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6719 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6720 return;
6721
6722 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6723}
6724
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006725bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6726 SourceLocation Loc,
6727 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6728 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6729 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6730 bool isInvalid = false;
6731 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006732 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6733
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006734 switch (ConvTy) {
6735 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6736 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006737 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006738 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6739 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006740 case IntToPointer:
6741 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6742 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006743 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006744 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006745 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6746 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006747 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6748 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6749 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006750 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6751 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6752 break;
6753 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006754 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6755 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6756 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6757 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6758 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6759 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6760 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6761 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6762 // C++ semantics.
6763 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6764 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6765 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006766 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6767 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006768 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006769 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006770 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006771 case IntToBlockPointer:
6772 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6773 break;
6774 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006775 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006776 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006777 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006778 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006779 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6780 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6781 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006782 case IncompatibleVectors:
6783 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6784 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006785 case Incompatible:
6786 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6787 isInvalid = true;
6788 break;
6789 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006790
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006791 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006792 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006793 return isInvalid;
6794}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006795
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006796bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006797 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6798 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6799 if (Result)
6800 *Result = ICEResult;
6801 return false;
6802 }
6803
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006804 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6805
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006806 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006807 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6808 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6809
6810 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6811 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6812 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6813 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6814 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6815 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6816 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006817
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006818 return true;
6819 }
6820
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006821 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6822 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006823
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006824 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6825 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6826 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006827
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006828 if (Result)
6829 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6830 return false;
6831}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006832
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006833void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006834Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006835 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6836 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006837}
6838
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006839void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006840Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6841 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6842 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6843 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006844
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006845 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated &&
6846 Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006847 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6848 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6849 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006850 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6851 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6852 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006853 I != IEnd; ++I)
6854 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006855 }
6856
6857 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6858 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6859 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6860 // will never be constructed.
6861 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6862 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6863 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6864 ExprTemporaries.end());
6865
6866 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6867 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006868}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006869
6870/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6871///
6872/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6873/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6874/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6875/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6876///
6877/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6878///
6879/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6880void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6881 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006882
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006883 if (D->isUsed())
6884 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006885
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006886 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6887 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6888 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6889 // -Wunused-parameters)
6890 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6891 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006892 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006893
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006894 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6895 // an instantiation.
6896 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6897 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006898
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006899 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006900 case Unevaluated:
6901 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6902 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006903
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006904 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6905 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6906 // "used"; handle this below.
6907 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006908
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006909 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6910 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6911 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6912 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006913 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006914 return;
6915 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006916
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006917 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006918 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006919 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006920 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6921 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6922 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006923 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006924 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006925 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6926 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6927 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006928 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6929 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6930 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006931
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006932 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6933 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6934 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6935 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6936 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6937 }
6938 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006939 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006940 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006941 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006942 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006943 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6944 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6945 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6946 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6947 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006948 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6949 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006950 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6951 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6952 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6953 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6954 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006955 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6956 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006957 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6958 }
6959
6960 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6961 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6962 }
6963
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006964 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006965 Function->setUsed(true);
6966 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006967 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006968
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006969 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006970 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006971 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006972 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6973 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6974 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6975 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6976 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6977 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6978 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6979 }
6980 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006981
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006982 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006983
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006984 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006985 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006986 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006987}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006988
6989bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6990 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6991 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6992 return false;
6993
6994 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6995 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6996 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6997 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6998
6999 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7000 FD ?
7001 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7002 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7003 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7004 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7005 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7006 return true;
7007
7008 return false;
7009}
7010
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007011// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7012// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7013void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7014 SourceLocation Loc;
7015
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007016 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7017
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007018 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7019 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7020 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7021 return;
7022
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007023 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7024 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7025 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7026 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7027
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007028 // self = [<foo> init...]
7029 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7030 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7031 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7032
7033 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7034 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7035 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7036 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7037 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007038
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007039 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7040 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7041 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7042 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7043 return;
7044
7045 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7046 } else {
7047 // Not an assignment.
7048 return;
7049 }
7050
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007051 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007052 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007053
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007054 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007055 << E->getSourceRange()
7056 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7057 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7058}
7059
7060bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7061 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7062
7063 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7064 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7065
7066 QualType T = E->getType();
7067
7068 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7069 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7070 return true;
7071 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7072 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7073 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7074 return true;
7075 }
7076 }
7077
7078 return false;
7079}